Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions

Jump to navigation Jump to search
old>Fakolana
m (1 revision imported: Attempt to fix the infobox country docs page.)
 
(Reverting)
 
(15 intermediate revisions by 5 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:


local cs1 ={};
require('Module:No globals');


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]


local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
date_name_xlate


local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
]]
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;


local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS


local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
Line 23: Line 21:
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------


delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here
and used here


]]
]]


local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category


local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
Line 49: Line 45:
local i = 1;
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end
end
Line 82: Line 58:
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]
Line 89: Line 65:
if not added_vanc_errs then
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
end
end
end
end
Line 96: Line 72:
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------


does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Line 119: Line 95:
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported


domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.


There are several tests:
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
Line 141: Line 117:
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false


]=]
]=]
Line 152: Line 128:
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
return false;
end
end
-- Do most common case first
 
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
return false;
end
end
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end
for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
end


Line 182: Line 163:
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------


returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.


This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
Line 191: Line 172:


local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
end
end
end
end
Line 201: Line 182:
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.


First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).


If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.


When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?


Strip off any port and path;
Strip off any port and path;
Line 219: Line 203:
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')


if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
Line 236: Line 226:
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs


Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links


returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.


When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
]]
Line 255: Line 245:
end
end


scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end
end


Line 264: Line 254:
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.


|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
that condition exists
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.


]]
]]
Line 271: Line 264:
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
local orig;
 
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end
end
end


if is_set (orig) then
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
link = ''; -- unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end


Line 290: Line 291:
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
Line 301: Line 302:


local function check_url( url_str )
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return false;
return false;
end
end
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;


scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
Line 312: Line 313:
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end


Line 319: Line 320:


Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.


The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
Line 332: Line 333:
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;


if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
end


return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end


Line 357: Line 358:
local error_message = '';
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
error_message = error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
end
end
Line 378: Line 379:
local function safe_for_url( str )
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
Line 399: Line 400:
local path;
local path;
local base_url;
local base_url;
 
if not is_set( label ) then
if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
label = URL;
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
Line 409: Line 410:
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
end
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines


base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
{
 
'<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
URL, -- the url
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
' ', -- the required space
label,
'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css
cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon
'</span>', -- close signal spacing span
']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span
});
else
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup
end
end
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end
end


Line 446: Line 435:
parameters in the citation.
parameters in the citation.


added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]
Line 453: Line 442:
if not added_deprecated_cat then
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
end
end
Line 460: Line 449:
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.


Line 466: Line 455:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.


Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.


]=]
]=]


local function kern_quotes (str)
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap='';
local cap = '';
local cap2='';
local cap2 = '';
local wl_type, label, link;
local wl_type, label, link;


wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end
end


else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)


cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
if 2 == wl_type then
if 2 == wl_type then
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
else
str = label;
str = label;
Line 517: Line 506:
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Line 531: Line 520:
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function format_script_value (script_value)
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL


return script_value;
return script_value;
Line 575: Line 567:
]]
]]


local function script_concatenate (title, script)
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if is_set (script) then
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
if utilities.is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
Line 595: Line 587:


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not is_set( str ) then
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
return "";
return "";
end
end
Line 601: Line 593:
local msg;
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
 
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).


]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local chapter_error = '';
local wl_type, D, L;
local ws_url, ws_label;
if not is_set (chapter) then
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)


if is_set (chapterurl) then
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end
end


if is_set (transchapter) then
if ws_url then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
if is_set (chapter) then
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
end


-- if is_set (chapterurl) then
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
-- chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
-- end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------


This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
first match.
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.


This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
]]


Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
local periodical_error = '';


Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end


Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.


]]
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
 
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
periodical = trans_periodical;
local i=1;
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
end
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end
end


while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
return periodical .. periodical_error;
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------


Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).


]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper( args )
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local origin = {};
local chapter_error = '';
 
return setmetatable({
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
if ws_url then
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
return origin[k];
chapter = ws_label;
end
 
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
 
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end
 
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end
},
end
{
 
__index = function ( tbl, k )
return chapter .. chapter_error;
if origin[k] ~= nil then
end
return nil;
 
end
 
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
 
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
if type( list ) == 'table' then
The search stops at the first match.
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
 
if origin[k] == nil then
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
 


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().


Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.


Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]


local function validate( name, cite_class )
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local name = tostring( name );
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local state;
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
local i = 1;
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return true;
return;
end
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char = cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern = cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end


if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
end
if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump our index
end
end


if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- limited enumerated parameters list
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end


return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
Argument wrapperThis function provides support for argument mapping defined
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
 
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


]]
]]


local function nowrap_date (date)
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local cap='';
local origin = {};
local cap2='';
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
return setmetatable({
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
end
return origin[k];
return date;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
 
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
 
]]
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
},
end
{
 
__index = function ( tbl, k )
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
if origin[k] ~= nil then
end
return nil;
 
end
 
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
 
Converts a hyphen to a dash
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
]]
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end


local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


]]
]]


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function nowrap_date (date)
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
local cap = '';
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
local cap2 = '';
f.gsub=string.gsub
f.match=string.match
f.sub=string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
f.match=mw.ustring.match
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
end


local str = ''; -- the output string
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
if value == nil then value = ''; end
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
return date;
elseif value ~= '' then
end
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
 
else
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
comp = value;
 
end
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
(|type=none).
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
 
trim = false;
]]
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
 
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
end
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
end
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
 
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate
like items; unlike items are returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
letter - letter (A - B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
 
any other forms are returned unmodified.


returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list


]]
]]


local function is_suffix (suffix)
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
if not utilities.is_set (str) then
return true;
return str;
end
end
return false;
end


local accept; -- Boolean


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
str = str:gsub ('[^%-]%-%-%-[^%-]', '—'); -- replace triple-hyphen with emdash
str = str:gsub ('[^%-]%-%-[^%-]', '–'); -- replace double-hyphen (as found in BibTeX entries) with endash


For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name
str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
local out = {};
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit
item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
end
end
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
end


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
        local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out
if accept then
return utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str
else
return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str
end
end


This original test:
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.


\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)


]]
]]


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
 
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
if is_set (suffix) then
f.gsub = string.gsub
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
f.match = string.match
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
f.sub = string.sub
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end


local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local function is_suffix (suffix)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
 
return true;
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
end
return false;
end


if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------


local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks,
those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name
is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated
into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must.


names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


while names[i] do -- loop through the table
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
 
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)


]]
]]


local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix)
local sep;
if not suffix then
local namesep;
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
local format = control.format
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
local maximum = control.maximum
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
end
local text = {}
end
 
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask
local one
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end
end
 
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
if count > 0 then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']);
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end;
end
return true;
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count
end
end




--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a dateOtherwise returns an empty string.
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.   


namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


]]
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------


Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal


]]
]]


local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");


if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
end
return name, etal; --
end


if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
 
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
 
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local _, pattern;
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
}


if is_set (name) then
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
if name:match (pattern) then
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
break;
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
end
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end
end
return name; -- and done
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
 
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)


Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
names in the list will be linked when
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
|<name>-link= has a value
(author or editor) maintenance category.
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there
 
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered


]]
]]


local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local count, _;
local sep;
if is_set (name) then
local namesep;
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
local format = control.format;
local maximum = control.maximum;
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
local name_list = {};
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
return name; -- and done
end


 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
parameters.
else
 
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
]]
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
if is_set (last) then
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
end
end
if is_set (first) then
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
end
end
return last, first; -- done
end
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local one;
local sep_one = sep;


if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
end
if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
Gets name list from the input arguments
if 0 < count then
 
if 1 < count and not etal then
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
if 'amp' == format then
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
 
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >-----------------------------
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.


]]
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
local names = {}; -- table of names
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
]]
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
end
else
else -- we have last with or without a first
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
 
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end




--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.


Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
|display-<names>=etal parameter
return the original language name string.


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
]]
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  These names can be found (for the time being) at
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php


Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.


Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end


]]
return name, etal;
end


local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
end


local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
 
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
 
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
returns nothing
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
 
end
]]
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
 
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end
end




--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------


Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations:
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotations do not belong in author parameters and
are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function adds the editor markup
maintenance category.


When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
returns nothing
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.


Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
]]
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
separated from each other by commas.
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
 
if utilities.is_set (name) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if name:match (pattern) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
break;
end
end
end
end


]]


local function language_parameter (lang)
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.


names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
returns nothing


for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
]]


if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
if not is_set (name) then
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang]; -- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
end
end
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >---------------------------


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content
At en.wiki, for cs1:
of the various name-holding parameters.
ps gets: '.'
sep gets: '.'


]]
]]


local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
local accept_name;
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
 
if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
end
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
end


if utilities.is_set (first) then
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
end
end


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
return last, first; -- done
At en.wiki, for cs2:
end
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
sep gets: ','


]]


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
Gets name list from the input arguments
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
end


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.


When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
rendered style.
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]


local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local sep;
local names = {}; -- table of names
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
local last; -- individual name components
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
local first;
else -- not a citation template so CS1
local link;
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end
 
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because
case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses,
the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia
version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no
match, we return the original language name string.


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of
end
languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam'
and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a
'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.
A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found
at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc


Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the
|language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name
will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found and the
associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the
WikiMedia language name.


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code


Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.


]]
]]


local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local sep;
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
local ietf_name;
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons
 
for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
end
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
end
end
end
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
return sep, ps, ref
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------


Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
applying the pdf icon to external links.
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
 
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.


]=]
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.


local function is_pdf (url)
]]
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
end


local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name


Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if name then -- there was a remapped code so
if is_set (format) then
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code
if not is_set (url) then
end
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
else
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
end
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end


if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
end
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);


Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
if this_wiki_name == name then
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
--[[----------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >-------------------------
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
 
At en.wiki, for cs1:
inputs:
ps gets: '.'
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
sep gets: '.'
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal


]]
]]


local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if is_set (max) then
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
return max, etal;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >------------------------


Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
At en.wiki, for cs2:
 
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
sep gets: ','
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[---------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >--------
 
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and
parameter values to establish rendered style.
 
]]
 
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
 
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end
 


split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked


|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode=
if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.


]=]
]]


local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local sep;
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
local i = 1;
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
while name_table[i] do
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
local name = name_table[i];
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
 
while name_table[i] do
if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
end
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
return sep, ps, ref
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i+1;
end
return output_table;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------


This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
 
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------


This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
if utilities.is_set (format) then
local v_name_table = {};
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
end
local corporate = false;
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end
 
 
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
 
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end


link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
]]


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
return max, etal;
end


Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


]]
]]


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local lastfirst = false;
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]'; -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123)
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]';
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end


if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?') or page:match ('^[Pp]gs.?')) then
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_pages')}); -- add error
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
in the source template) the function returns trueIf the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
rendered citation and in the metadataIndividual author names may be wikilinked
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
 
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))


]]
]=]


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
if not is_set (value) then
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
local i = 1;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
while name_table[i] do
return false
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
end
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
return output_table;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
single space character.


]]
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.


local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end


]]


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;


returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas


]]
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
local accept_name;
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
return '';
 
end
-- if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to suppress vanc formatting and error detection
-- last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parentheses
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if accept_name then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
last = v_name;
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif is_set (volume) then
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
end
end
local vol = '';
if is_set (volume) then
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
else
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
end
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
end




--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
 
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
 
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets


Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.


]]
]]


local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
local lastfirst = false;
if is_set (sheet) then
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
if 'journal' == origin then
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end
 
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
err_name = 'editor';
end
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
if 'journal' == origin then
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
if is_journal then
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------


Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the urlThat is something that Wikipedia should not allow
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_valIf the parameter value is one
unwitting readers to do.
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.


When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
]]
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
|archive-date= and an error message when:
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
correct place
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end


There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form


The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.


This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
archive url:
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
single space character.
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)


]=]
]]


local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
 
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = 'save command';
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = 'liveweb';
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = 'timestamp';
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = 'path';
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------


Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.


]]
]]
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end


local function missing_pipe_check (value)
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
local capture;
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
end


capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
else -- four or less characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
end
return vol;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
 
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.


]]
]]


local function citation0( config, args)
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
--[[
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
Load Input Parameters
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
if 'journal' == origin then
]]
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
else
local i
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end


local author_etal;
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 
local Authors;
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
 
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
 
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
 
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?
 
]]
 
local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
 
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.


do -- to limit scope of selected
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if ws_url then
if 1 == selected then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
elseif 2 == selected then
coins_pages = ws_label;
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
end
end
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end


local Others = A['Others'];


local editor_etal;
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 
local Editors;
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
 
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


do -- to limit scope of selected
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
|archive-date= and an error message when:
if 1 == selected then
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
elseif 2 == selected then
correct place
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
end
end


local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form


local interviewers_list = {};
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
else
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
end


local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
archive URL:
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
if 0 < #c then
]=]
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
end
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
 
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------


if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
end


local Year = A['Year'];
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set


local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
]]
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];


local ArchiveDate;
local function place_check (param_val)
local ArchiveURL;
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
return param_val; -- and done
end


ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


local URL = A['URL']
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter


local Series = A['Series'];
compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns.  Returns true when pattern matches; nil else
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;


if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
Volume = A['Volume'];
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
end
index [1].  index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
-- conference & map books do not support issue
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
]]
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end


local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
local function is_generic_title (title)
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do -- spin through the list of known generic title fragments
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
return true; -- found English generic title so done
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true; -- found local generic title so done
end
end
end
end
end


local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
UrlAccess = nil;
end
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end


if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
end
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
end


local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
end
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
end


local Via = A['Via'];
]]
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];


local Language = A['Language'];
local function is_archived_copy (title)
local Format = A['Format'];
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
return true;
local ID = A['ID'];
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
return true;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
end
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
end


local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );


local Quote = A['Quote'];
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
]]
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end


local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
local function citation0( config, args)
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
--[[
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
Load Input Parameters
end
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i


--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
 
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification


local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
local author_etal;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
local Authors;
end


local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
local PostScript;
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
do -- to limit scope of selected
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
if 1 == selected then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
end
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
local Others = A['Others'];
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


local NoPP = A['NoPP']
local editor_etal;
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
NoPP = true;
local Editors;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end


if is_set(Page) then
do -- to limit scope of selected
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
if 1 == selected then
At = '';
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(At) then
local translator_etal;
At = ''; -- unset
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
end
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
end


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
local interviewer_etal;
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
local interviewers_list = {};
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
local Interviewers; -- used later
end
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]


local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
local contributor_etal;
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list


if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if not is_set(Chapter) then
if 'contribution' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
Contribution = A['Chapter']; -- get the name of the contribution
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
end
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;


if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
end
Title = Periodical;
if 0 < #c then
ChapterFormat = Format;
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
TransTitle = '';
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
URL = '';
end
Format = '';
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
TitleLink = '';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
ScriptTitle = '';
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end


-- Special case for cite techreport.
if utilities.is_set (Others) then
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
end
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
end


-- special case for cite mailing list
local Year = A['Year'];
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
local Date = A['Date'];
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
end
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
 
local Title = A['Title'];
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
if is_set(BookTitle) then
local Conference = A['Conference'];
Chapter = Title;
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
ChapterURL = URL;
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
 
URLorigin = '';
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
ChapterFormat = Format;
local accept_link;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
Title = BookTitle;
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
Format = '';
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
-- TitleLink = '';
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
TransTitle = '';
end
URL = '';
 
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end


-- cite map oddities
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local Cartography = "";
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Scale = "";
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
Chapter = A['Map'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
local ArchiveDate;
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
local ArchiveURL;
 
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
end
 
Scale = A['Scale'];
local URL = A['URL']
if is_set( Scale ) then
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
end
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
end
 
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end


link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');


local Network = A['Network'];
-- web and news not tested for now because of
local Station = A['Station'];
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
local s, n = {}, {};
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- do common parameters first
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
end
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
end
Date = AirDate;
end


if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
local Season = A['Season'];
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
local Series = A['Series'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
local Volume;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
local Issue;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
local Page;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
local Pages;
ChapterURL = URL;
local At;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
end
URL = ''; -- unset
else
TransTitle = '';
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Volume = A['Volume'];
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
end
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
end
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Position = '';
do
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
Page = A['Page'];
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
At = A['At'];
end
end
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
local QuotePages = hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end


if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
local Edition = A['Edition'];
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
end
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
 
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
end
end
end
end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
end
end


if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
end


-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
 
UrlAccess = nil;
if not is_set (Date) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
end


--[[
local Via = A['Via'];
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
we get the date used in the metadata.
local Agency = A['Agency'];
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
-- local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
-- ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};


local date_parameters_list = {
local Language = A['Language'];
['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
local Format = A['Format'];
['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
local ID = A['ID'];
['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);


-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
local Quote = A['Quote'];
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
end
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
local modified = false; -- flag
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end


if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
-- local variables that are not cs1 parameters
modified = true;
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
end
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
-- end


if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
end
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
 
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
local PostScript;
local Ref = A['Ref'];
if 'harv' == Ref then
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
end
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
end -- end of do
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
local coins_pages;
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);


if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end


if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
--[[
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
When the citation has these parameters:
end
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=


check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
['title']=Title,
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});
]]
 
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
end


-- this is the function call to COinS()
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
end
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL')
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
if is_set (PublisherName) then
end
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end


-- special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end


-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- cite map oddities
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
local Cartography = "";
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local Scale = "";
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
do
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
local last_first_list;
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
local control = {
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
end
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
Chapter = A['Map'];
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
mode = Mode
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
};
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);


if is_set (Editors) then
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
if editor_etal then
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
end
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
end
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
 
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
end
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
do -- now do translators
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set


if is_set (Authors) then
local Network = A['Network'];
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
local Station = A['Station'];
if author_etal then
local s, n = {}, {};
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
-- do common parameters first
end
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
else
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
end
end -- end of do
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
end
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
end
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
end


-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
end


if not is_set(URL) then
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
 
end
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
AccessDate = '';
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
end


local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
 
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
--[[
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
we get the date used in the metadata.
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
]]
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
local error_message = '';
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
 
local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
 
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
 
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = validation.year_date_check (Year, Date);
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
table.insert (error_list, '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch</code>');
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat
end
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
end
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
local modified = false; -- flag
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
modified = true;
local chap_param;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment the next three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
-- end


if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
TransChapter = '';
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
ChapterURL = '';
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
ScriptChapter = '';
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
ChapterFormat = '';
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
else
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message
end
end
end -- end of do
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class});
if utilities.is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list_coins['DOI'] then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
end


Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if is_set (Chapter) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end


-- Format main title.
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = mw.ustring.gsub (Title, '(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.') then -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character
end
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
 
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
    if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
else
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
end
end


local TransError = "";
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
if is_set(TransTitle) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message
if is_set(Title) then
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
end
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
end
end


if is_set(Place) then
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
end
end


if is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
end
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
end


if not is_set(Position) then
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
['title'] = Title,
local Time = A['Time'];
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter,
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
});


if is_set(Minutes) then
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if is_set (Time) then
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
end
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
if is_set(Time) then
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
if sepc ~= '.' then
coins_title = Periodical;
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
end
else
end
Position = " " .. Position;
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
At = '';
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
end


Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
-- this is the function call to COinS()
 
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
local Section = A['Section'];
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
local Sections = A['Sections'];
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
local Inset = A['Inset'];
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
if is_set( Inset ) then
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
end
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


if is_set( Sections ) then
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
end


Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
if is_set (Translators) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
end


Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
 
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};


Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);


------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
if is_set(Via) then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal);
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal);
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal);
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


--[[
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end


if is_set(AccessDate) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end


AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
end


ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated URL is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');


if is_set(URL) then
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
end


if is_set(Quote) then
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
end
 
local Archived
local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
end
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
if "no" == DeadURL then
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
end
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end


if is_set(Transcript) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
end


local Publisher;
-- Format main title
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
local plain_title = false;
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
 
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
else
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
end
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
end
else  
 
Publisher = PublicationDate;
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
 
if is_generic_title (Title) then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message
end
end
 
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
end
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
local TransError = "";
if is_set(Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else  
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
end
end


--[[
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both
]]
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
end
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
end
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
end
end


-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
end


local tcommon;
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end


elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
local Time = A['Time'];
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );


else -- all other CS1 templates
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
if #ID_list > 0 then
else
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
else
ID_list = ID;
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


if is_set(Date) then
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
 
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
else -- neither of authors and editors set
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
else
local Inset = A['Inset'];
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
 
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
end
else
if is_set(Editors) then
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
local in_text = " ";
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
local post_text = "";
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
]]
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
end
if (sepc ~= '.') then
 
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
end
else
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
end
else
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_edition')}); -- add error
end
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
else
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Edition = '';
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
end
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
end
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
 
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
 
if is_set(Date) then
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
else
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
 
else
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
-- if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page)
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
                       
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end
end
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
local Archived
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
local arch_text;
end
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
end
 
if "live" == UrlStatus then
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
local options = {};
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
options.class = config.CitationClass;
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
else
options.class = "citation";
Archived = ""
end
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local Lay = '';
local id = Ref
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then  
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end


if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
namelist = c; -- select it
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
options.id = id;
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
end
 
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
local Publisher;
z.error_categories = {};
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
text = set_error('empty_citation');
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
z.message_tail = {};
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end


if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
--[[
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
else
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
]]
end
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
table.insert (render, ' ');
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
else
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
end
end
end
end
end
end
end


if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
table.insert (render, v);
 
table.insert (render, ' (');
local tcommon;
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
table.insert (render, ') ');
end
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
table.insert (render, '</span>');
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
else
end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
end
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
return table.concat (render);
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
end
 
 
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
else -- all other CS1 templates
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
]]
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
function cs1.citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
if #ID_list > 0 then
local pframe = frame:getParent()
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
else
ID_list = ID;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
end
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
local idcommon;
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
else
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
local text;
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
end
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
else
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
end
if utilities.is_set (Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
else
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end
 
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
 
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, ' ');
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
else
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
end
end
end
end
 
if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
table.insert (maint, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], {v})); -- add the link
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
end
if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
end
end
 
return table.concat (render);
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
 
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- deprecated empty parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return nil;
end
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
return value as is else
 
]=]
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
end
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;


z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;


local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
Line 3,526: Line 4,034:


local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
end


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
error_text = "";
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
-- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
Line 3,555: Line 4,065:
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
Line 3,574: Line 4,089:
end
end
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
args[k] = v;
 
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
end
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
end
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
}, true )});
end


for k, v in pairs( args ) do
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
 
return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end
end


return cs1;
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
 
return {citation = citation};

Latest revision as of 16:17, 8 October 2021

Documentation for this module may be created at Module:Citation/CS1/doc


require('Module:No globals');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------

each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit

]]

local validation;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z ={};																	-- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers;																-- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata;																	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs;															-- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category

local Frame;																	-- holds the module's frame table


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source)
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then											-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end

	if domain:match ('^%a+:') then												-- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
		return false;
	end

	local patterns = {															-- patterns that look like URLs
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$',										-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$',									-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$',													-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%a][iq]%.net$',														-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$',													-- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
		'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$',												-- two character hostname and TLD
		'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?',								-- IPv4 address
		}

	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do										-- loop through the patterns list
		if domain:match (pattern) then
			return true;														-- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
		end
	end

	for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do					-- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
		if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
			return true
		end
	end
	return false;																-- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if utilities.is_set (scheme) then											-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		if utilities.is_set (authority) then
			authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);							-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
			if utilities.is_set(authority) then									-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		else
			if not scheme:match ('^news:') then									-- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
	if utilities.is_set (link) then 											-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then										-- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
			local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower();						-- get the interwiki prefix

			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then									-- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
				orig = lorig;													-- flag as error
			end
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (orig) then
		link = '';																-- unset
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)});	-- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
	
	return link;																-- link if ok, empty string else
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
			if utilities.is_set(error_message) then								-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message = error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message = error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (error_message) then									-- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
	local error_str = "";
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;

	if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
			error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'});					-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
		URL = table.concat ({domain, path});									-- and reassemble
	end

	base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" });		-- assemble a wiki-markup URL

	if utilities.is_set (access) then											-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url});	-- add the appropriate icon
	end
	
	return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );	-- add error message
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap = '';
	local cap2 = '';
	local wl_type, label, link;

	wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str);							-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
	
	if 1 == wl_type then														-- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
		if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then		-- leading and trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]')	then			-- leading quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then				-- trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
		end

	else																		-- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"');							-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\'');							-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");				-- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
		end
	
		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")				-- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
		end
		
		if 2 == wl_type then
			str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label);						-- reassemble the wikilink
		else
			str = label;
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then									-- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } );		-- prefix without 'title'; add error message
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if utilities.is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
			else
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } );	-- unknown script-language; add error message
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } );		-- invalid language code; add error message
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } );				-- no language code prefix; add error message
	end
	script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is RTL

	return script_value;
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
	if utilities.is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script, script_param);					-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
		if utilities.is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return utilities.substitute ( msg, str );								-- including template text
	else
		return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
	local wl_type, D, L;
	local ws_url, ws_label;
	local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

	wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str);								-- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

	if 0 == wl_type then														-- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 1 == wl_type then													-- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 2 == wl_type then													-- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
		str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_label = D;														-- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
				});
		end
	end

	if ws_url then
		ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI');								-- make a usable URL
		ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#');										-- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
	end

	return ws_url, ws_label, L or D;											-- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end


--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
	local periodical_error = '';

	if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
		periodical = '';														-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical);			-- style 
	end

	periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
		trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
		if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
			periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
		else																	-- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
			periodical = trans_periodical;
			periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
		end
	end

	return periodical .. periodical_error;
end


--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
	local chapter_error = '';

	local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter);					-- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
	if ws_url then
		ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' ');									-- replace underscore separators with space characters
		chapter = ws_label;
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);									-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
		chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	elseif ws_url then
		chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter');	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
		chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});				
	end

	if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
		trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
		if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
		else																	-- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = trans_chapter;
			chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)');		-- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
			chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
		end
	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end


--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local dummy;																-- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local i = 1;
	local stripmarker, apostrophe;
	
	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no Unicode characters
		return;
	end

	while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
		local char = cfg.invisible_chars[i][1]									-- the character or group name
		local pattern = cfg.invisible_chars[i][2]									-- the pattern used to find it
		position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern)					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then						-- if we found a zero-width joiner character
			if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then						-- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			end
		end
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or						-- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
				('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then	-- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
					stripmarker = true;											-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then				-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
				else
					err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
				end

				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- bump our index
	end
end


--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap = '';
	local cap2 = '';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
		if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
			title_type = '';													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate
like items; unlike items are returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
	letter - letter (A - B)
	digit - digit (4-5)
	digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
	letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and
		digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
	digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and
		digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)

any other forms are returned unmodified.

str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not utilities.is_set (str) then
		return str;
	end

	local accept; -- Boolean

	str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'});		-- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
	str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
	str = str:gsub ('[^%-]%-%-%-[^%-]', '—'); -- replace triple-hyphen with emdash
	str = str:gsub ('[^%-]%-%-[^%-]', '–'); -- replace double-hyphen (as found in BibTeX entries) with endash

	str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
	
	local out = {};
	local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*');								-- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any

	for _, item in ipairs (list) do												-- for each item in the list
		item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item
		if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then	-- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
			if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or			-- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
				item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or			-- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
				item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or			-- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
				item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or								-- digit hyphen digit
				item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then							-- letter hyphen letter
					item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2');	-- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
			else
				item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–');				-- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
			end
		end
		table.insert (out, item);												-- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
	end

        local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
	temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out
	if accept then
		return utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str
	else
		return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	local f = {};																-- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
		if 1 == #duplicate_char then											-- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
			f.gsub = string.gsub
			f.match = string.match
			f.sub = string.sub
		else																	-- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
			f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
			f.match = mw.ustring.match
			f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
		end

	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then										-- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then							-- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1);									-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = f.sub(str, 1, -2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''";						-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then	-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then	-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link 
						trim = true;
					elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then		-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then	-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then			-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end	-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )		-- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
					else
						value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 );							-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value; 													-- add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------

returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks,
those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name
is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated
into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
	(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
	or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix)
	if not suffix then
		if first:find ('[,%s]') then											-- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
			first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+');									-- get name/initials
			suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$');								-- get generational suffix
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']);
			return false;														-- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just initials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);					-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

	local initials, names = {}, {};												-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+');									-- split into a table of names and possible suffix

	while names[i] do															-- loop through the table
		if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]);						-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1));				-- insert the initial at end of initials table
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) 

names in the list will be linked when
	|<name>-link= has a value
	|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
		rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format;
	local maximum = control.maximum;
	local name_list = {};

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like name styling?
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc'];									-- name-list separator between names is a comma
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc'];							-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl'];										-- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name'];									-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end		-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
	
	for i, person in ipairs (people) do
		if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask;
			local one;
			local sep_one = sep;

			if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			end
			
			if mask then
				local n = tonumber (mask);										-- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
				if n then
					one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil;			-- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
					person.link = nil;											-- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
				else
					one = mask;													-- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
					sep_one = " ";												-- modify name-list separator
				end
			else
				one = person.last;												-- get surname
				local first = person.first										-- get given name
				if utilities.is_set (first) then
					if ("vanc" == format) then									-- if Vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then		-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials (first);					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first;
				end
			end
			if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
				one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one);				-- link author/editor
			end
			if one then															-- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
				table.insert (name_list, one);									-- add it to the list of names
				table.insert (name_list, sep_one);								-- add the proper name-list separator
			end
		end
	end

	local count = #name_list / 2;												-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if 0 < count then 
		if 1 < count and not etal then
			if 'amp' == format then
				name_list[#name_list-2] = " & ";								-- replace last separator with ampersand text
			elseif 'and' == format then
				if 2 == count then
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and;		-- replace last separator with 'and' text
				else
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end;		-- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
				end
			end
		end
		name_list[#name_list] = nil;											-- erase the last separator
	end

	local result = table.concat (name_list);									-- construct list
	if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then									-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];					-- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count;														-- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >-----------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};																-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do												-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last 
		if i == 4 then break end												-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);													-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);												-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if utilities.is_set (id) then												-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

	if utilities.is_set (name) then												-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; 									-- get patterns from configuration
		
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- loop through all of the patterns
			if name:match (pattern) then										-- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
				name = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- remove the offending text
				etal = true;													-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
				if not nocat then												-- no categorization for |vauthors=
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})});	-- and set an error if not added
				end
			end
		end
	end

	return name, etal;
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then								-- when name does not contain any letters
			utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
		end
	end
end


--[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations:
ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotations do not belong in author parameters and
are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function adds the editor markup
maintenance category.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
	local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns;								-- get patterns from configuration

	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- spin through patterns table and
			if name:match (pattern) then
				utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
				break;
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
	local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		_, commas = name:gsub (',', '');										-- count the number of commas
		_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', '');									-- count the number of semicolons
		-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
		-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
		-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
		-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
		-- entities
		_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;','');										-- count nbsps
		
		-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
		-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
		-- they also can be subtracted.
		if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint message
		end
	end
end


--[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >---------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content
of the various name-holding parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
	local accept_name;

	if utilities.is_set (last) then
		last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last);				-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
		
		if not accept_name then													-- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);								-- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
			name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name);								-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
			name_is_numeric (last, list_name);									-- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (first) then
		first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

		if not accept_name then														-- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name);								-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
			name_is_numeric (first, list_name);									-- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
		end
	end

	return last, first;															-- done
end


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names
	local last;																	-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;																-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;																-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;															-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias;									-- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
	while true do
		last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias);				-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias);			-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
		
		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first';	-- get first or given form of the alias
			table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
				first_alias,													-- param name of alias missing its mate
				first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}),	-- make param name appropriate to the alias form
				}, true ) } );													-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			local result;
			link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias);			-- check for improper wiki-markup
			if first then
				link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias);	-- check for improper wiki-markup
			end

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.

Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because
case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses,
the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia
version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no
match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of
languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam'
and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a
'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.
A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found
at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc

Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the
|language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name
will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found and the
associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the
WikiMedia language name.

Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
	Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
	if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then									-- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
		return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2];	-- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
	end

	local ietf_code;															-- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
	local ietf_name;
	
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang);										-- lower-case version for comparisons

	for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do									-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
			if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then									-- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
				return name, code;												-- so return the name and the code
			end
			ietf_code = code;													-- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
			ietf_name = name;													-- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
		end
	end
																				-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
	return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang;										-- associated name; return original language text else
end


--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the two- or three-character language code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang
		name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()];								-- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap

		if name then															-- there was a remapped code so
			if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then						-- if not a private IETF tag
				lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1');						-- strip IETF tags from code
			end
		else
			lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1');							-- strip any IETF-like tags from code
			if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then							-- if two-or three-character code
				name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code);	-- get language name if |language= is a proper code
			end
		end

		if utilities.is_set (name) then											-- if |language= specified a valid code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code);			-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if utilities.is_set (code) then											-- only 2- or 3-character codes
			name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name;							-- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names

			if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then									-- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
				if 2 == code:len() then											-- and is a two-character code
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code});	-- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
				else															-- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code});		-- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
				end
			elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then								-- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code});		-- categorize it
			end
		else
			utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang');						-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
 
	name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);

	if this_wiki_name == name then
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end


--[[----------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >-------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
	ps gets:	'.'
	sep gets:	'.'

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not utilities.is_set (ps) then											-- unless explicitly set to something
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps;										-- element separator
end


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
At en.wiki, for cs2:
	ps gets:	'' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
	sep gets:	','

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not utilities.is_set (ps) then											-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	if not utilities.is_set (ref) then											-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref;								-- element separator
end


--[[---------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >--------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and
parameter values to establish rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode=
if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end

	if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then							-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
		url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
		url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if utilities.is_set (format) then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format);						-- add leading space, parentheses, resize
		if not utilities.is_set (url) then
			format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');						-- set format to PDF
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if utilities.is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count then												-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)});	-- add error message
				max = nil;
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)});		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
		      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
	bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]'; -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123)
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]';

	if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?') or page:match ('^[Pp]gs.?')) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_pages')}); -- add error
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	local wl_type, label, link;													-- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
			local name = name_table[i];
			i = i + 1;																-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i = i + 1;														-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
			table.insert (output_link_table, '');								-- no wikilink
		else
			wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]);		-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
			table.insert (output_table, label);									-- add this name
			if 1 == wl_type then
				table.insert (output_link_table, label);						-- simple wikilink [[D]]
			else
				table.insert (output_link_table, link);							-- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
			end
		end
		i = i + 1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local v_link_table = {};													-- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table);		-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		first = '';																-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
		local accept_name;
		v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

--		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to suppress vanc formatting and error detection
--			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')								-- remove doubled parentheses
		if accept_name then
			last = v_name;
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation);
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

			if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then						-- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
				suffix = first;													-- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ')							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
			if not utilities.is_set (last) then
				first = '';														-- unset
				last = v_name;													-- last empty because something wrong with first
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']);				-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);							-- matches a space between two initials
			end
		else
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
		
		if utilities.is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials);						-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix);							-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
			end
		end

		link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
	local lastfirst = false;
	if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst = true;
	end

	if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or					-- these are the three error conditions
		(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
	if not utilities.is_set (value) then
		return ret_val;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
		return cfg.keywords_xlate[value];										-- return translation of parameter keyword
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return ret_val;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then					-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terminate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return '';
	end
	
	if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
		if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
		elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
		else
			return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
		end
	end

	if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end

	local vol = '';																-- here for all cites except magazine
		
	if utilities.is_set (volume) then
		if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then			-- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
			vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume});	-- render in bold face
		elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then								-- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
			vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- not bold
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
		else																	-- four or less characters
			vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- bold
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
	end
	return vol;
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then							-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. 

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?  

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
	local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L;										-- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
			pages = '';															-- unset the others
			at = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (page);										-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page);						-- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if utilities.is_set (at) then
			at = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (pages);										-- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages);						-- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at);							-- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	end
	
	return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
	|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.org URL
	
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');	-- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
		
		if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then		-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
			if '*' ~= flag then
				url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then					-- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then		-- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then		-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		else
			return url, date;													-- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } );	-- add error message and
	if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	else
		return url, date;														-- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val)
	if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then									-- parameter empty or omitted
		return param_val;														-- return that empty state
	end
	
	if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then									-- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
		utilities.set_message ('maint_location');								-- yep, add maint cat
	end
	
	return param_val;															-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns.  Returns true when pattern matches; nil else

the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
index [1].  index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

]]

local function is_generic_title (title)
	title = mw.ustring.lower(title);											-- switch title to lower case
	for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do 	-- spin through the list of known generic title fragments
		if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
			return true;														-- found English generic title so done
		elseif generic_title['local'] then										-- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
			if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then	-- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
				return true;													-- found local generic title so done
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title)
	title = mw.ustring.lower(title);											-- switch title to lower case
	if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then			-- if title is 'Archived copy'
		return true;
	elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
		if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then	-- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
			return true;
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

	local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;

	local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
			if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then							-- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
				utilities.set_message ('maint_authors');						-- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
			end
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList');	-- support for |editors= withdrawn
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';												-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		end
	end

	local translator_etal;
	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

	local interviewer_etal;
	local interviewers_list = {};												
	local Interviewers;															-- used later
	interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');				-- process preferred interviewers parameters

	local contributor_etal;
	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list

	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];												-- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
	local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
	local Contribution;															-- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
		if 'contribution' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
			Contribution = A['Chapter'];										-- get the name of the contribution
		end

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then							-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')});	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')});	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')});	-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Others) then
		if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then												-- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
		end
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

	local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
	local accept_link;
	TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
	if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
		auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
		TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
	end

	TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Section = '';															-- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
		if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
			Section = A['Chapter'];												-- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
			Chapter = '';														-- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
		end

	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
	local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveURL;

	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	
	local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');

	local URL = A['URL']
	local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL

	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = '';
	if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');								-- get the name of the periodical parameter
		local i;
		Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical);			-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated 
		if i then																-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
		end
	end

	if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then	-- both set emit an error
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
		end

		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];											-- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
		Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
	end

	local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
	local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');

	-- web and news not tested for now because of 
	-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
	if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then	-- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
	--	local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'};	-- for error message
		local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'};			-- for error message
		if p[config.CitationClass]  then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
		end
	end

	local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
	local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');

	local Series = A['Series'];
	
	local Volume;
	local Issue;
	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;

	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then	-- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then					-- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		else
			Volume = A['Volume'];												-- and does for non-'periodical' cites
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then	-- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end	

	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or	-- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
			utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
				Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then	-- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
		if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
			Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	end

	local Position = '';
	if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);	
		At = A['At'];
	end
	local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
	local QuotePages = hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
	local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		local i = 0;
		PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName);	-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
		if i then																-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
		end
	end

	local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup'];											-- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
	local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');	

	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then								-- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
			local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
			if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
			end				
		end

		PublisherName = nil;													-- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
	end

	local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
		if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
		end
		
	local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
		ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
	end

	local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
		MapUrlAccess = nil;
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
	end

	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local Quote = A['Quote'];
	local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
	local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	-- local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;														-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification

	local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
	if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
		DF = cfg.global_df;														-- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
	end

	local sepc;																	-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref = A['Ref'];
	if 'harv' == Ref then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv');								-- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
	elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
		Ref = 'harv';															-- set as default when not set externally
	end
	
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); 											-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

	-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then								-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end
																				-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters');	-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local coins_pages;
	
	Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);

	local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test');								-- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
		if PublicationPlace == Place then
			Place = '';															-- unset; don't need both if they are the same
		end
	elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
		PublicationPlace = Place;												-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end

	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end							-- don't need both if they are the same
	
	--[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
		|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=

		|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
		|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
	
	]]

	local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];										-- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS

	if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then										-- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
		if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
			Encyclopedia = nil;													-- unset because not supported by this template
		end
	end

	if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then	-- when both set emit an error
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
		end

		if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
			Periodical = Encyclopedia;											-- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
			Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
		end

		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
			if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL')

					ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

					if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then								-- |title= not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then									-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not utilities.is_set (ID) then									-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
			end
		end	
	end

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
			Chapter_origin = 'title';
	--		ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapter-link= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			URL_origin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
	--		TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

	-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } );	-- add error message
		end
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
		ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

		ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then	-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias |episode-link=
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- link but not URL
				Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
			end
			Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);				-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
	-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

	-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then				-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then										-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);	-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

	-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
 	local Date_origin;															-- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging

	if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate');							-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		else
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year');										-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		end
	else
		Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date');											-- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

	--[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {
			['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
			['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
			['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
			['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
			['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
			['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
			['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
			['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
			};

		local error_list = {};
		anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
		if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
		end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

		if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then				-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = validation.year_date_check (Year, Date);
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				table.insert (error_list, '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch</code>');
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_year');						-- add a maint cat
			end
		end
		
		if 0 == #error_list then												-- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			
			if utilities.is_set (DF) then										-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then	-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format');					-- hyphens were converted so add maint category
			end
			
	-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
	-- uncomment the next three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
	-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
	--		if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
	--			modified = true;
	--		end

			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val;			-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
				Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
				LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
			end
		else
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)});	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

	local ID_list = {};															-- sequence table of rendered identifiers
	local ID_list_coins = {};													-- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
	ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class});

	if utilities.is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list_coins['DOI'] then
		table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
		if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then 	-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)});	-- add error message
		end

		Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
	end

	-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
    		if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
 	 		if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
		 		URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
 				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
			end
 	 	end

		if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then		-- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );	-- add an error message
			AccessDate = '';													-- unset
		end
	end

	-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then	-- has special case for cite episode
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
			utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
			(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
			('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then	-- special case for journal cites
				Title = '';														-- set title to empty string
				utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');						-- add maint cat
	end

	check_for_url ({															-- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
		['title'] = Title,
		[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter,
		[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
		[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
		});

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end

	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
		['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical),		-- no markup in the metadata
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,										-- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
		['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),	-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),		-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '',	-- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)),	-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup,							-- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

	-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
		PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
	end

	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListStyle,												-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal);
			Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal);
			Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal);
			Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

			if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors');	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

	-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
	-- an error message if the associated URL is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

	-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or		-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then	-- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then		-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
	UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower();												-- used later when assembling archived text
	if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
		if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then 									-- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin;								-- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |chapter-format=

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's URL
				ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
				ChapterUrlAccess = nil;											-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin;									-- name of URL parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then											-- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's URL
				URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
 		end
	end

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then									-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
			else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then								-- if we found one
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then						-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then							-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title
	local plain_title = false;
	local accept_title;
	Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true);		-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
	if accept_title and ('' == Title) then										-- only support forced empty for now "(())"
		Title = cfg.messages['notitle'];										-- replace by predefined "No title" message
			-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...);	-- issue proper error message instead of muting	 
			ScriptTitle = '';													-- just mute for now	 
			TransTitle = '';													-- just mute for now
 		plain_title = true;														-- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
		utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
		if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then											-- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
			Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1');							-- limit the number of dots to three
		elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and					-- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
			not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then						-- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
				Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', '');			-- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
		end

		if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy');						-- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
		end

		if is_generic_title (Title) then
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } );	-- set an error message
		end
	end

	if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then		-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then								-- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	local TransError = "";
	if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Title) then											-- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
		if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );	-- set an error message because we can't have both
			TitleLink = '';														-- unset
		end
	
		if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
			local ws_url;
			ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink);							-- ignore ws_label return; not used here
			if ws_url then
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			else
				Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			end
		else
			local ws_url, ws_label, L;											-- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
			ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1'));	-- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
			if ws_url then
				Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label);							-- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			else
				Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			end
		end
	else
		Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
		if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Sections = A['Sections'];											-- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if utilities.is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	
	TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_edition')}); -- add error
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or "";	-- not the same as SeriesNum
	OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
	Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';

	if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if mode is cs2, lower case
		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);				-- add retrieved text

		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
		ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then		-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	if utilities.is_set (URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then

		if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
			if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then			-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
				Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2);										-- strip them off
			end
		end

		Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 	-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
	
		if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
			Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
		end

		if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
			if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
				TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
			end
			Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
		end

--		if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page)
		if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then	 -- add page prefix
			local quote_prefix = '';
			if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then				-- if only digits, assume single page
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				elseif not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				end
			end
                        
			Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
		else
			Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
		end

		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
		local arch_text;
		if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "live" == UrlStatus then
			arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then								-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
			if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate;				-- format already styled
				if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
					utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown');				-- and add a category if not already added
				else
					utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit');						-- and add a category if not already added
				end
			else																-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else																	-- OriginalUrl not set
			arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, 
				{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
		if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then									-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
		if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
		end			
	elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		else 
			Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		end
	end

	--[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then									-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";												-- annotate the citation
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if utilities.is_set (Conference) then								-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";							-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end		-- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then								-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon;
	if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then	-- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	else
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	end
	
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	if utilities.is_set (Date) then
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then		-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " ";				-- in parentheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then						-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end	
	if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
		if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then									-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
				if (sepc ~= '.') then
					in_text = in_text:lower()									-- lowercase for cs2
				end
			end
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")";				-- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
			else
				post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
			end
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then		-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then								-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
		if utilities.is_set (Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); 								-- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1');	-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
		local id = Ref
		if ('harv' == Ref ) then
			local namelist = {};												-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
			local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);					-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

			if #c > 0 then														-- if there is a contributor list
				namelist = c;													-- select it
			elseif #a > 0 then													-- or an author list
				namelist = a;
			elseif #e > 0 then													-- or an editor list
				namelist = e;
			end
			if #namelist > 0 then												-- if there are names in namelist
				id = anchor_id (namelist, year);								-- go make the CITEREF anchor
			else
				id = '';														-- unset
			end
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then	-- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	local render = {};															-- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

	if utilities.is_set (options.id) then										-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- when |ref= is set
	else
		table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- all other cases
	end		

	table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}));	-- append metadata to the citation

	if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
		table.insert (render, ' ');
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
				else
					table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
		local maint_msgs = {};													-- here we collect all of the maint messages
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			local maint = {};													-- here we assemble a maintenence message
			table.insert (maint, v);											-- maint msg is the category name
			table.insert (maint, ' (');											-- open the link text
			table.insert (maint, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], {v}));	-- add the link
			table.insert (maint, ')');											-- and close it
			table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint));					-- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
		end
		table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' ')));	-- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
	end
	
	if not no_tracking_cats then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do								-- append error categories
			table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append properties categories
			table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
		end
	end

	return table.concat (render);	
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
	local name = tostring (name);
	local enum_name;															-- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
	local state;
	local function state_test (state, name)										-- local function to do testing of state values
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			if empty then return nil; end										-- deprecated empty parameters are treated as unknowns
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
		return nil;
	end		

	if name:find ('#') then														-- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
		return nil;
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then	-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name];					-- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

																				-- limited enumerated parameters list
		enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );										-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
		state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then 	-- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
		state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name];					-- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
	end																			-- if here, fall into general validation
		
	state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name];									-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
	if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

																				-- all enumerated parameters allowed
	enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );											-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
	if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
	[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
	[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
	local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):');									-- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
	local _;
	
	if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then						-- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
		table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)});	-- emit an error message
		_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value);							-- extract label portion from wikilink
	end
	return value;
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}	-- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
	{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}}			-- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then										-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
	if 'number' == type (param) then
		return;
	end
	
	param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#');											-- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize 
	if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
		return;																	-- parameter name found in the skip table so done
	end
	
	if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

local function citation(frame)
	Frame = frame;																-- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local styles;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
		
	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
	end

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	local args = {};															-- table where we store all of the template's arguments
	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};															-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do											-- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
		config[k] = v;
	--	args[k] = v;															-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	local empty_unknowns = {};													-- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do											-- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
		v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1');							-- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
		if v ~= '' then
			if ('string' == type (k)) then
				k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits);		-- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
			end
			if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then 
					error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );	-- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = utilities.substitute (param, capture);		-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then		-- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
								error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true);	-- set the suggestion error message
							else
								error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {param}, true );	-- suggested param not supported by this template
								v = '';											-- unset
							end
						end
					end
					if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then					-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end

			args[k] = v;														-- save this parameter and its value

		elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then									-- for empty parameters
			if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then				-- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
				k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k;						-- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
				table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));	-- format for error message and add to the list
			end
																				-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
	--	elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then						-- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
	--		args[k] = v;														-- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
		end																		-- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
	end	

	if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then												-- create empty unknown error message
		table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
			1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
			utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
			}, true )});
	end

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);											-- look for invisible characters
		end
		has_extraneous_punc (k, v);												-- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
		missing_pipe_check (k, v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
		args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v);										-- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
	end

	return table.concat ({
		frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
		citation0( config, args)
	});
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D   F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {citation = citation};